physical hazard management · physical hazard management overview 301. physical hazards in the work...
TRANSCRIPT
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
CHAPTER 3
PHYSICAL HAZARD MANAGEMENT
OVERVIEW
301 Physical hazards in the work environment include noise heat cold vibration pressure electricity and radiation This chapter provides Defence policy on all these issues with the exception of radiation which because of the nature of the hazard is covered by a separate (chapter 4) in DOHSMAN
302 Specific guidance on this chapter is contained in the following annexes
Annexes A Management of Risks Associated with Plant B Occupational Noise Management in the Defence Organisation C Electronic and Electrical Hazards D Safe Techniques for Welding and n nn
E Fire F Thermal
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manu I
ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
MANAGEMENT OF RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PLANT
SYNOPSIS Regulations to the OHS Act require tne Defence Organisation (as an employer) to create a safe workplace that is free from risks associated with plant - his is achieved through the risk management process
In addition the Regulations require employers to apply for a licence to operate certain types of plant The Defence Organisation is exempt from this provision (through the granting of a Joint Special Licence (JSL) by the Safely Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission) However the granting of the JSL is subject to a number of conditions being mel y Defence
The effective implementation of the requirements of this annex will ensure Defence meets its duty of care and joint special licence requirements
REFEREN CES
1 Defence
2 Other
Occupational Health and Safety (Commonwealth Employment) (National Standards) Regulations Part 4-Plant
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 1 annex B-Regulations and Codes of Practice
Chapter 1 annex H-Risk Management
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
AN NEXA TO CHAPTER 3
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY-MANAGEMENT OF RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PLANT
INTRODUCTION
1 The Occupational Health and Safely (Commonwealth Employment) (National Standards) Regulations part 4-Plant (the Regula ions) came into effect on 1 July 1996 The Regulations require the Defence Organisation (as an employer) to create and mainlain a safe workplace that is free from risks associated with plant This is achieved through a process of systematically identifying hazards and assessing and controll ing risks
2 In add ition to imposing duties on employers the Regulations impose duties on manufacturers suppliers erectors installers and commissioners of plant as outlined below
B Manufacturers Manufacturers have a duty to identify hazards associated with the plant assess the risks of identified hazards el iminate the risks notify Ule person who commissions the plant of the risks and provide the employer with information concerning the safe use of the plant
b Suppliers Suppliers have a duty to eliminate or minimise the identified risks arising from the use of plant inform the employer of the safe use of the plant inspect and test leased plant keep records of such testing of leased plant and provide the employer with those records
c Erectors and installer Erectors and instaJlers of plant have a duty to identify hazards associated with plant assess the risk of Identified hazards and eliminate or minimise those risks
d Employers Employers have a duty to identify hazards relating to the use installation erection commissioning of plant assess the risks associated with identified hazards eliminate or minimise those risks maintain control measures implement safe systems of work prov ide and maintain personal protective equipment repair unsafe damaged plant store and dispose of plant in a safe manner provide training information and instruction to employees exposed to risk and to make available and keep records concerning tests maintenance and inspection of plant
3 The Regulations require employers to apply for a licence to operate the types of plant listed in appendix 1 The Regulations make provisions for the Department of Defence (000) and the Australian Defence Force (ADF) as joint licensees to apply separately for a joint special license (JSL) If granted the JSL exempts the Defence Organisation from the provis ions of Regulations 441 to 454 inclusive The granting of the JSL is subject to a number of conditions being placed upon and met by the Defence Organisation When granted a JSL is valid for four years Appendix 2 provides details of the provisions of Regulations 441 to 454 which boh the 000 and the ADF may be required to comply with should the jOint JSL be cancelled suspended or varied for any reason
AIM
4 The aim of this annex is to provide guidance to Program Managers to ensure that the Defence Organisation meets its obligations under the Plant Regulations and in particular fulfil the conditions imposed upon it for the granting of a JSL
AU
Public
a
B is at
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-3
Director Defence Occupational Health and Safety
8 The Director Defence Occupational He Ith and Safety (DDOHS) is responsible for
a the coordination of retums which are required under the Regulations from Defence Estate Organisation (DEO) and Support Command Australia (SLAUST)
b the coord ination of any variations to the JSL
c provide information to the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC) on plant covered by the JSL as required under the Regulations
d provide advice to the responsible programs time frames for the provision of information required under the condilions of the JSL
Head Defence Estate Organisation
9 Head Defence Estate Organisation (HDEO) is responsible for those items of plant ind uded under the JSL arrangements which are Fixed Items of Plant which form part of the essential building services of building fabric at all establishments units and bases HDEO is responsib le for providing (for each establishmentluniUbase) the following information for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility to DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each establishmentunitlbase during the reporting periods
c number of new plant introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting eriod and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of reg tration)
Commander Support Command Australia
10 Commander Support Command Australia (COMDSCAUSn is responsible for those items of plant included under the JSL arrange ents which are classed as being Mobile lIems of Plant at all ships establishments units and bases SCAUST is responsible for providing (for each shipeslablishmenUunitlbase) the following informallon for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility 10 DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each shipestablishmentiuniUbase dunng the reporting penods
c number of new plant Introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting period and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of registration)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-4
Defence Istate Organisatlon and Commander Support Command Australia
11 DEO and SCAUST are responsible for establishing and implementing procedures that will ensure compliance with the Regulations an thiS annex DEO and SCAUST are to en ure that procedures include the following
a Plant subject to the JSL (Appendix 1 provides details of plant subject to JSL) DEO and SCAUST are responsible for
1) carrying out maintenance and testing inspections in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and relevant Australian Standards on the licensed plant a least once a year or sooner if a need is identified by fo ll owing a n as s essment u nd er t a ken In accordance wit h sub-subparagraph 12i
(2) keeping records of maintenance Inspections which afe earned out on licensed plant Tne records must include a statement to the effect that each item of plant has been maintained in a safe condition and is safe to operate
(3) establishing and maintaining a system within each Program for registering In-house plant designs The system for registering in-house plant designs is to make provisions for recording individual plant designs (including such things as technical speCifications and drawings) and design alterations Details of those items of plant requiring registration or notification of design are provided at appendix 3 As stated in subparagraph 12g HOPE is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Regulalions however the programs are to ensure that the system once established is audited annually In addition as part of the conditions of the JSL the SReC may audit the plant design registration system at a mutually convenient time
(4) keeping a register that contains records of how each item of licensed plant is used Appendix 4 provides details of the register The register must be updated at least every 12 months or whenever an item of plant is relocated modified etc
(5) notifying HDPE whenever licensed plant is altered relocated disposed of or if there is a change of ownership and
(6) notifying HOPE whenever new plant subject to the licensing provisions of the Regulations is acquired
Commandersmanagers
12 All plant With respect to all plant (ie as defined in paragraph 9 and including plant which is subject to a JSL) commandersmanagers are responsible for
a protecting the health and safety of employees and others operating the plant
b protecting the health and safety of those involved in commissioning and installing all plant
c ensuring that plant is decommissioned dismantled conSistent with provisions under the Regulations
and disposed of in a manner
d provide training for all those who
(1) operate maintain inspect or audit plant and
(2) train others to operate maintain inspect or audit plant
e developing safety procedures for individual items of plant
AL1
i
of
JSL
ltI
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-6
1 Plant requiring licence in accordance with schedule 6 part 2 of the plant regulations 2 Plant licensing and design reglstrdtion respoflsibilitifs 3 Items of plant requiring registration or in accordance with schedule 6
part 1 of the regulations 4 Plant register 5 Occupational health and safety risk nrn 6 Plant monitoringaudit plan
AL1
1 ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
20F
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manu I
ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
MANAGEMENT OF RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PLANT
SYNOPSIS Regulations to the OHS Act require tne Defence Organisation (as an employer) to create a safe workplace that is free from risks associated with plant - his is achieved through the risk management process
In addition the Regulations require employers to apply for a licence to operate certain types of plant The Defence Organisation is exempt from this provision (through the granting of a Joint Special Licence (JSL) by the Safely Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission) However the granting of the JSL is subject to a number of conditions being mel y Defence
The effective implementation of the requirements of this annex will ensure Defence meets its duty of care and joint special licence requirements
REFEREN CES
1 Defence
2 Other
Occupational Health and Safety (Commonwealth Employment) (National Standards) Regulations Part 4-Plant
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 1 annex B-Regulations and Codes of Practice
Chapter 1 annex H-Risk Management
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
AN NEXA TO CHAPTER 3
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY-MANAGEMENT OF RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PLANT
INTRODUCTION
1 The Occupational Health and Safely (Commonwealth Employment) (National Standards) Regulations part 4-Plant (the Regula ions) came into effect on 1 July 1996 The Regulations require the Defence Organisation (as an employer) to create and mainlain a safe workplace that is free from risks associated with plant This is achieved through a process of systematically identifying hazards and assessing and controll ing risks
2 In add ition to imposing duties on employers the Regulations impose duties on manufacturers suppliers erectors installers and commissioners of plant as outlined below
B Manufacturers Manufacturers have a duty to identify hazards associated with the plant assess the risks of identified hazards el iminate the risks notify Ule person who commissions the plant of the risks and provide the employer with information concerning the safe use of the plant
b Suppliers Suppliers have a duty to eliminate or minimise the identified risks arising from the use of plant inform the employer of the safe use of the plant inspect and test leased plant keep records of such testing of leased plant and provide the employer with those records
c Erectors and installer Erectors and instaJlers of plant have a duty to identify hazards associated with plant assess the risk of Identified hazards and eliminate or minimise those risks
d Employers Employers have a duty to identify hazards relating to the use installation erection commissioning of plant assess the risks associated with identified hazards eliminate or minimise those risks maintain control measures implement safe systems of work prov ide and maintain personal protective equipment repair unsafe damaged plant store and dispose of plant in a safe manner provide training information and instruction to employees exposed to risk and to make available and keep records concerning tests maintenance and inspection of plant
3 The Regulations require employers to apply for a licence to operate the types of plant listed in appendix 1 The Regulations make provisions for the Department of Defence (000) and the Australian Defence Force (ADF) as joint licensees to apply separately for a joint special license (JSL) If granted the JSL exempts the Defence Organisation from the provis ions of Regulations 441 to 454 inclusive The granting of the JSL is subject to a number of conditions being placed upon and met by the Defence Organisation When granted a JSL is valid for four years Appendix 2 provides details of the provisions of Regulations 441 to 454 which boh the 000 and the ADF may be required to comply with should the jOint JSL be cancelled suspended or varied for any reason
AIM
4 The aim of this annex is to provide guidance to Program Managers to ensure that the Defence Organisation meets its obligations under the Plant Regulations and in particular fulfil the conditions imposed upon it for the granting of a JSL
AU
Public
a
B is at
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-3
Director Defence Occupational Health and Safety
8 The Director Defence Occupational He Ith and Safety (DDOHS) is responsible for
a the coordination of retums which are required under the Regulations from Defence Estate Organisation (DEO) and Support Command Australia (SLAUST)
b the coord ination of any variations to the JSL
c provide information to the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC) on plant covered by the JSL as required under the Regulations
d provide advice to the responsible programs time frames for the provision of information required under the condilions of the JSL
Head Defence Estate Organisation
9 Head Defence Estate Organisation (HDEO) is responsible for those items of plant ind uded under the JSL arrangements which are Fixed Items of Plant which form part of the essential building services of building fabric at all establishments units and bases HDEO is responsib le for providing (for each establishmentluniUbase) the following information for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility to DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each establishmentunitlbase during the reporting periods
c number of new plant introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting eriod and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of reg tration)
Commander Support Command Australia
10 Commander Support Command Australia (COMDSCAUSn is responsible for those items of plant included under the JSL arrange ents which are classed as being Mobile lIems of Plant at all ships establishments units and bases SCAUST is responsible for providing (for each shipeslablishmenUunitlbase) the following informallon for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility 10 DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each shipestablishmentiuniUbase dunng the reporting penods
c number of new plant Introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting period and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of registration)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-4
Defence Istate Organisatlon and Commander Support Command Australia
11 DEO and SCAUST are responsible for establishing and implementing procedures that will ensure compliance with the Regulations an thiS annex DEO and SCAUST are to en ure that procedures include the following
a Plant subject to the JSL (Appendix 1 provides details of plant subject to JSL) DEO and SCAUST are responsible for
1) carrying out maintenance and testing inspections in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and relevant Australian Standards on the licensed plant a least once a year or sooner if a need is identified by fo ll owing a n as s essment u nd er t a ken In accordance wit h sub-subparagraph 12i
(2) keeping records of maintenance Inspections which afe earned out on licensed plant Tne records must include a statement to the effect that each item of plant has been maintained in a safe condition and is safe to operate
(3) establishing and maintaining a system within each Program for registering In-house plant designs The system for registering in-house plant designs is to make provisions for recording individual plant designs (including such things as technical speCifications and drawings) and design alterations Details of those items of plant requiring registration or notification of design are provided at appendix 3 As stated in subparagraph 12g HOPE is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Regulalions however the programs are to ensure that the system once established is audited annually In addition as part of the conditions of the JSL the SReC may audit the plant design registration system at a mutually convenient time
(4) keeping a register that contains records of how each item of licensed plant is used Appendix 4 provides details of the register The register must be updated at least every 12 months or whenever an item of plant is relocated modified etc
(5) notifying HDPE whenever licensed plant is altered relocated disposed of or if there is a change of ownership and
(6) notifying HOPE whenever new plant subject to the licensing provisions of the Regulations is acquired
Commandersmanagers
12 All plant With respect to all plant (ie as defined in paragraph 9 and including plant which is subject to a JSL) commandersmanagers are responsible for
a protecting the health and safety of employees and others operating the plant
b protecting the health and safety of those involved in commissioning and installing all plant
c ensuring that plant is decommissioned dismantled conSistent with provisions under the Regulations
and disposed of in a manner
d provide training for all those who
(1) operate maintain inspect or audit plant and
(2) train others to operate maintain inspect or audit plant
e developing safety procedures for individual items of plant
AL1
i
of
JSL
ltI
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-6
1 Plant requiring licence in accordance with schedule 6 part 2 of the plant regulations 2 Plant licensing and design reglstrdtion respoflsibilitifs 3 Items of plant requiring registration or in accordance with schedule 6
part 1 of the regulations 4 Plant register 5 Occupational health and safety risk nrn 6 Plant monitoringaudit plan
AL1
1 ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
20F
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
AN NEXA TO CHAPTER 3
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY-MANAGEMENT OF RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PLANT
INTRODUCTION
1 The Occupational Health and Safely (Commonwealth Employment) (National Standards) Regulations part 4-Plant (the Regula ions) came into effect on 1 July 1996 The Regulations require the Defence Organisation (as an employer) to create and mainlain a safe workplace that is free from risks associated with plant This is achieved through a process of systematically identifying hazards and assessing and controll ing risks
2 In add ition to imposing duties on employers the Regulations impose duties on manufacturers suppliers erectors installers and commissioners of plant as outlined below
B Manufacturers Manufacturers have a duty to identify hazards associated with the plant assess the risks of identified hazards el iminate the risks notify Ule person who commissions the plant of the risks and provide the employer with information concerning the safe use of the plant
b Suppliers Suppliers have a duty to eliminate or minimise the identified risks arising from the use of plant inform the employer of the safe use of the plant inspect and test leased plant keep records of such testing of leased plant and provide the employer with those records
c Erectors and installer Erectors and instaJlers of plant have a duty to identify hazards associated with plant assess the risk of Identified hazards and eliminate or minimise those risks
d Employers Employers have a duty to identify hazards relating to the use installation erection commissioning of plant assess the risks associated with identified hazards eliminate or minimise those risks maintain control measures implement safe systems of work prov ide and maintain personal protective equipment repair unsafe damaged plant store and dispose of plant in a safe manner provide training information and instruction to employees exposed to risk and to make available and keep records concerning tests maintenance and inspection of plant
3 The Regulations require employers to apply for a licence to operate the types of plant listed in appendix 1 The Regulations make provisions for the Department of Defence (000) and the Australian Defence Force (ADF) as joint licensees to apply separately for a joint special license (JSL) If granted the JSL exempts the Defence Organisation from the provis ions of Regulations 441 to 454 inclusive The granting of the JSL is subject to a number of conditions being placed upon and met by the Defence Organisation When granted a JSL is valid for four years Appendix 2 provides details of the provisions of Regulations 441 to 454 which boh the 000 and the ADF may be required to comply with should the jOint JSL be cancelled suspended or varied for any reason
AIM
4 The aim of this annex is to provide guidance to Program Managers to ensure that the Defence Organisation meets its obligations under the Plant Regulations and in particular fulfil the conditions imposed upon it for the granting of a JSL
AU
Public
a
B is at
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-3
Director Defence Occupational Health and Safety
8 The Director Defence Occupational He Ith and Safety (DDOHS) is responsible for
a the coordination of retums which are required under the Regulations from Defence Estate Organisation (DEO) and Support Command Australia (SLAUST)
b the coord ination of any variations to the JSL
c provide information to the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC) on plant covered by the JSL as required under the Regulations
d provide advice to the responsible programs time frames for the provision of information required under the condilions of the JSL
Head Defence Estate Organisation
9 Head Defence Estate Organisation (HDEO) is responsible for those items of plant ind uded under the JSL arrangements which are Fixed Items of Plant which form part of the essential building services of building fabric at all establishments units and bases HDEO is responsib le for providing (for each establishmentluniUbase) the following information for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility to DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each establishmentunitlbase during the reporting periods
c number of new plant introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting eriod and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of reg tration)
Commander Support Command Australia
10 Commander Support Command Australia (COMDSCAUSn is responsible for those items of plant included under the JSL arrange ents which are classed as being Mobile lIems of Plant at all ships establishments units and bases SCAUST is responsible for providing (for each shipeslablishmenUunitlbase) the following informallon for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility 10 DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each shipestablishmentiuniUbase dunng the reporting penods
c number of new plant Introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting period and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of registration)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-4
Defence Istate Organisatlon and Commander Support Command Australia
11 DEO and SCAUST are responsible for establishing and implementing procedures that will ensure compliance with the Regulations an thiS annex DEO and SCAUST are to en ure that procedures include the following
a Plant subject to the JSL (Appendix 1 provides details of plant subject to JSL) DEO and SCAUST are responsible for
1) carrying out maintenance and testing inspections in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and relevant Australian Standards on the licensed plant a least once a year or sooner if a need is identified by fo ll owing a n as s essment u nd er t a ken In accordance wit h sub-subparagraph 12i
(2) keeping records of maintenance Inspections which afe earned out on licensed plant Tne records must include a statement to the effect that each item of plant has been maintained in a safe condition and is safe to operate
(3) establishing and maintaining a system within each Program for registering In-house plant designs The system for registering in-house plant designs is to make provisions for recording individual plant designs (including such things as technical speCifications and drawings) and design alterations Details of those items of plant requiring registration or notification of design are provided at appendix 3 As stated in subparagraph 12g HOPE is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Regulalions however the programs are to ensure that the system once established is audited annually In addition as part of the conditions of the JSL the SReC may audit the plant design registration system at a mutually convenient time
(4) keeping a register that contains records of how each item of licensed plant is used Appendix 4 provides details of the register The register must be updated at least every 12 months or whenever an item of plant is relocated modified etc
(5) notifying HDPE whenever licensed plant is altered relocated disposed of or if there is a change of ownership and
(6) notifying HOPE whenever new plant subject to the licensing provisions of the Regulations is acquired
Commandersmanagers
12 All plant With respect to all plant (ie as defined in paragraph 9 and including plant which is subject to a JSL) commandersmanagers are responsible for
a protecting the health and safety of employees and others operating the plant
b protecting the health and safety of those involved in commissioning and installing all plant
c ensuring that plant is decommissioned dismantled conSistent with provisions under the Regulations
and disposed of in a manner
d provide training for all those who
(1) operate maintain inspect or audit plant and
(2) train others to operate maintain inspect or audit plant
e developing safety procedures for individual items of plant
AL1
i
of
JSL
ltI
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-6
1 Plant requiring licence in accordance with schedule 6 part 2 of the plant regulations 2 Plant licensing and design reglstrdtion respoflsibilitifs 3 Items of plant requiring registration or in accordance with schedule 6
part 1 of the regulations 4 Plant register 5 Occupational health and safety risk nrn 6 Plant monitoringaudit plan
AL1
1 ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
20F
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Public
a
B is at
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-3
Director Defence Occupational Health and Safety
8 The Director Defence Occupational He Ith and Safety (DDOHS) is responsible for
a the coordination of retums which are required under the Regulations from Defence Estate Organisation (DEO) and Support Command Australia (SLAUST)
b the coord ination of any variations to the JSL
c provide information to the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC) on plant covered by the JSL as required under the Regulations
d provide advice to the responsible programs time frames for the provision of information required under the condilions of the JSL
Head Defence Estate Organisation
9 Head Defence Estate Organisation (HDEO) is responsible for those items of plant ind uded under the JSL arrangements which are Fixed Items of Plant which form part of the essential building services of building fabric at all establishments units and bases HDEO is responsib le for providing (for each establishmentluniUbase) the following information for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility to DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each establishmentunitlbase during the reporting periods
c number of new plant introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting eriod and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of reg tration)
Commander Support Command Australia
10 Commander Support Command Australia (COMDSCAUSn is responsible for those items of plant included under the JSL arrange ents which are classed as being Mobile lIems of Plant at all ships establishments units and bases SCAUST is responsible for providing (for each shipeslablishmenUunitlbase) the following informallon for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility 10 DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each shipestablishmentiuniUbase dunng the reporting penods
c number of new plant Introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting period and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of registration)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-4
Defence Istate Organisatlon and Commander Support Command Australia
11 DEO and SCAUST are responsible for establishing and implementing procedures that will ensure compliance with the Regulations an thiS annex DEO and SCAUST are to en ure that procedures include the following
a Plant subject to the JSL (Appendix 1 provides details of plant subject to JSL) DEO and SCAUST are responsible for
1) carrying out maintenance and testing inspections in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and relevant Australian Standards on the licensed plant a least once a year or sooner if a need is identified by fo ll owing a n as s essment u nd er t a ken In accordance wit h sub-subparagraph 12i
(2) keeping records of maintenance Inspections which afe earned out on licensed plant Tne records must include a statement to the effect that each item of plant has been maintained in a safe condition and is safe to operate
(3) establishing and maintaining a system within each Program for registering In-house plant designs The system for registering in-house plant designs is to make provisions for recording individual plant designs (including such things as technical speCifications and drawings) and design alterations Details of those items of plant requiring registration or notification of design are provided at appendix 3 As stated in subparagraph 12g HOPE is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Regulalions however the programs are to ensure that the system once established is audited annually In addition as part of the conditions of the JSL the SReC may audit the plant design registration system at a mutually convenient time
(4) keeping a register that contains records of how each item of licensed plant is used Appendix 4 provides details of the register The register must be updated at least every 12 months or whenever an item of plant is relocated modified etc
(5) notifying HDPE whenever licensed plant is altered relocated disposed of or if there is a change of ownership and
(6) notifying HOPE whenever new plant subject to the licensing provisions of the Regulations is acquired
Commandersmanagers
12 All plant With respect to all plant (ie as defined in paragraph 9 and including plant which is subject to a JSL) commandersmanagers are responsible for
a protecting the health and safety of employees and others operating the plant
b protecting the health and safety of those involved in commissioning and installing all plant
c ensuring that plant is decommissioned dismantled conSistent with provisions under the Regulations
and disposed of in a manner
d provide training for all those who
(1) operate maintain inspect or audit plant and
(2) train others to operate maintain inspect or audit plant
e developing safety procedures for individual items of plant
AL1
i
of
JSL
ltI
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-6
1 Plant requiring licence in accordance with schedule 6 part 2 of the plant regulations 2 Plant licensing and design reglstrdtion respoflsibilitifs 3 Items of plant requiring registration or in accordance with schedule 6
part 1 of the regulations 4 Plant register 5 Occupational health and safety risk nrn 6 Plant monitoringaudit plan
AL1
1 ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
20F
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-3
Director Defence Occupational Health and Safety
8 The Director Defence Occupational He Ith and Safety (DDOHS) is responsible for
a the coordination of retums which are required under the Regulations from Defence Estate Organisation (DEO) and Support Command Australia (SLAUST)
b the coord ination of any variations to the JSL
c provide information to the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC) on plant covered by the JSL as required under the Regulations
d provide advice to the responsible programs time frames for the provision of information required under the condilions of the JSL
Head Defence Estate Organisation
9 Head Defence Estate Organisation (HDEO) is responsible for those items of plant ind uded under the JSL arrangements which are Fixed Items of Plant which form part of the essential building services of building fabric at all establishments units and bases HDEO is responsib le for providing (for each establishmentluniUbase) the following information for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility to DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each establishmentunitlbase during the reporting periods
c number of new plant introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting eriod and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of reg tration)
Commander Support Command Australia
10 Commander Support Command Australia (COMDSCAUSn is responsible for those items of plant included under the JSL arrange ents which are classed as being Mobile lIems of Plant at all ships establishments units and bases SCAUST is responsible for providing (for each shipeslablishmenUunitlbase) the following informallon for plant and equipment for which they have management responsibility 10 DDOHS every twelve months
a contact officer details (appointment address and telephone number)
b number of plant items held by each shipestablishmentiuniUbase dunng the reporting penods
c number of new plant Introduced into the workplace during the reporting period
d number of plant items modified during the reporting period
e number of plant items disposed of during the reporting period and
f number of plant registered during the reporting period (including details of the system of registration)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-4
Defence Istate Organisatlon and Commander Support Command Australia
11 DEO and SCAUST are responsible for establishing and implementing procedures that will ensure compliance with the Regulations an thiS annex DEO and SCAUST are to en ure that procedures include the following
a Plant subject to the JSL (Appendix 1 provides details of plant subject to JSL) DEO and SCAUST are responsible for
1) carrying out maintenance and testing inspections in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and relevant Australian Standards on the licensed plant a least once a year or sooner if a need is identified by fo ll owing a n as s essment u nd er t a ken In accordance wit h sub-subparagraph 12i
(2) keeping records of maintenance Inspections which afe earned out on licensed plant Tne records must include a statement to the effect that each item of plant has been maintained in a safe condition and is safe to operate
(3) establishing and maintaining a system within each Program for registering In-house plant designs The system for registering in-house plant designs is to make provisions for recording individual plant designs (including such things as technical speCifications and drawings) and design alterations Details of those items of plant requiring registration or notification of design are provided at appendix 3 As stated in subparagraph 12g HOPE is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Regulalions however the programs are to ensure that the system once established is audited annually In addition as part of the conditions of the JSL the SReC may audit the plant design registration system at a mutually convenient time
(4) keeping a register that contains records of how each item of licensed plant is used Appendix 4 provides details of the register The register must be updated at least every 12 months or whenever an item of plant is relocated modified etc
(5) notifying HDPE whenever licensed plant is altered relocated disposed of or if there is a change of ownership and
(6) notifying HOPE whenever new plant subject to the licensing provisions of the Regulations is acquired
Commandersmanagers
12 All plant With respect to all plant (ie as defined in paragraph 9 and including plant which is subject to a JSL) commandersmanagers are responsible for
a protecting the health and safety of employees and others operating the plant
b protecting the health and safety of those involved in commissioning and installing all plant
c ensuring that plant is decommissioned dismantled conSistent with provisions under the Regulations
and disposed of in a manner
d provide training for all those who
(1) operate maintain inspect or audit plant and
(2) train others to operate maintain inspect or audit plant
e developing safety procedures for individual items of plant
AL1
i
of
JSL
ltI
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-6
1 Plant requiring licence in accordance with schedule 6 part 2 of the plant regulations 2 Plant licensing and design reglstrdtion respoflsibilitifs 3 Items of plant requiring registration or in accordance with schedule 6
part 1 of the regulations 4 Plant register 5 Occupational health and safety risk nrn 6 Plant monitoringaudit plan
AL1
1 ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
20F
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-4
Defence Istate Organisatlon and Commander Support Command Australia
11 DEO and SCAUST are responsible for establishing and implementing procedures that will ensure compliance with the Regulations an thiS annex DEO and SCAUST are to en ure that procedures include the following
a Plant subject to the JSL (Appendix 1 provides details of plant subject to JSL) DEO and SCAUST are responsible for
1) carrying out maintenance and testing inspections in accordance with the manufacturers requirements and relevant Australian Standards on the licensed plant a least once a year or sooner if a need is identified by fo ll owing a n as s essment u nd er t a ken In accordance wit h sub-subparagraph 12i
(2) keeping records of maintenance Inspections which afe earned out on licensed plant Tne records must include a statement to the effect that each item of plant has been maintained in a safe condition and is safe to operate
(3) establishing and maintaining a system within each Program for registering In-house plant designs The system for registering in-house plant designs is to make provisions for recording individual plant designs (including such things as technical speCifications and drawings) and design alterations Details of those items of plant requiring registration or notification of design are provided at appendix 3 As stated in subparagraph 12g HOPE is responsible for monitoring compliance with the Regulalions however the programs are to ensure that the system once established is audited annually In addition as part of the conditions of the JSL the SReC may audit the plant design registration system at a mutually convenient time
(4) keeping a register that contains records of how each item of licensed plant is used Appendix 4 provides details of the register The register must be updated at least every 12 months or whenever an item of plant is relocated modified etc
(5) notifying HDPE whenever licensed plant is altered relocated disposed of or if there is a change of ownership and
(6) notifying HOPE whenever new plant subject to the licensing provisions of the Regulations is acquired
Commandersmanagers
12 All plant With respect to all plant (ie as defined in paragraph 9 and including plant which is subject to a JSL) commandersmanagers are responsible for
a protecting the health and safety of employees and others operating the plant
b protecting the health and safety of those involved in commissioning and installing all plant
c ensuring that plant is decommissioned dismantled conSistent with provisions under the Regulations
and disposed of in a manner
d provide training for all those who
(1) operate maintain inspect or audit plant and
(2) train others to operate maintain inspect or audit plant
e developing safety procedures for individual items of plant
AL1
i
of
JSL
ltI
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-6
1 Plant requiring licence in accordance with schedule 6 part 2 of the plant regulations 2 Plant licensing and design reglstrdtion respoflsibilitifs 3 Items of plant requiring registration or in accordance with schedule 6
part 1 of the regulations 4 Plant register 5 Occupational health and safety risk nrn 6 Plant monitoringaudit plan
AL1
1 ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
20F
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
i
of
JSL
ltI
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-6
1 Plant requiring licence in accordance with schedule 6 part 2 of the plant regulations 2 Plant licensing and design reglstrdtion respoflsibilitifs 3 Items of plant requiring registration or in accordance with schedule 6
part 1 of the regulations 4 Plant register 5 Occupational health and safety risk nrn 6 Plant monitoringaudit plan
AL1
1 ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
20F
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A-6
1 Plant requiring licence in accordance with schedule 6 part 2 of the plant regulations 2 Plant licensing and design reglstrdtion respoflsibilitifs 3 Items of plant requiring registration or in accordance with schedule 6
part 1 of the regulations 4 Plant register 5 Occupational health and safety risk nrn 6 Plant monitoringaudit plan
AL1
1 ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
20F
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
1 ANNEXATO CHAPTER 3
20F
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
2 ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
of
Note
the OI5IPI81EJC on near
g
a lower
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 3 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
ITEMS OF PLANT REQUIRING REGISTRATION OR NOTIFICATION OF DESIGN IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE 6 PART 1 OF THE REGULATIONS
Item No Description of Plant
1 Pressure equipment other than pressur piping thai have a hazard level of A B C or 0 determined in accordance with Australian Standards (AS) 3920 part 1 Pressure Equipment Manufacture-Assurance of Product Quality (ME121 Standard AMBSC)
2 Gas cylinders covered by AS 2030
3 Tower Cranes-I
4 Building maintenance units
5 Hoists with a platform movement in excess of 24 metres designed to lift people111
6 Work boxes suspended from cranes
7 Amusement structures covered by AS 3533 (Amusement Rides and Devices) other than class 1 structures
8 Prefabricated scaffolding
9 Boom-type elevating work platforms
10 Gantry Cranes)
(a) with a safe working load greater than 5 tonnes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goods lbl
11 Bridge cranes
(a) with a safe working load of 10 lannes or
(b) designed to handle molten metal or dangerous goodS(bl
12 Vehicle hoists)
13 Mast climbing work platforms)
14 Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10 10nnesI
Notes
(a) For the purposes or licensing any reference to cranes and hoists in schedule 6 exclude those that are manually powered elevaling work platforms or tow trucks
(b) Dangerous goodS means dangerous goods as defined in the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail 5th edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety in September 1992
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safe y Manual
3A3-2
Plant designs
1 Employers are not to use plant hsted In this appendix unless lhat plant tias a CUfrent reg istration number which is issued by the Safety Rehabilitation and Compensation Commission (SRCC)
2 An employer may apply 10 the SReC for registration of the design of plant listed in this appendix This process invoives Ihe submission of a written application form which includes a representational drawing of the plant design a statement signed by or for Ihe manufacturer of the plant to the effect that the design of he plant complies with the provisions of the regu lations thai apply to manufacturers of plan and a statement by a design verifier wh ich states that this has been done
Nole
A design verifier is a competent independent person who Is responsible for advising whether the design of a plant complies with the provisIons or the regulations
3 Registration of a plant design is subject to the following conditions
a evidence of design registration is to be displayed on or near Ihe plant to which the design registration relates and
b the registration number must be provided to any person who deals with the employer in relation to the plant
4 The SRCC is to be notified whenever there is an alteration to the plant design and employees are not to use the item of plant until the SRCC has been notified However Ihe SRCC does not need to be notified of an afteration which has been carried out by a person administering a Staterremtory law that corresponds to the Act or the Regulations
AL1
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
IyenblyenIIIM mmlOllllllllll liIIlII Il~
r-~N~lfI~
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
c
4
c
1-hazard Idlll1ntlllClIII(1II
or
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-2
c conducting a workplace audit using a plant hazard inspection worksheet (refer to enclosure 1) The audit should focus not only on hazards associated with the Item of plant but also the system of work and
d seeking the views of employees who work with plant as they are hazards associated with the particular item of plant they operate
familiar with the
Step 2-risk assessment
6 If during step 1 a potentially hazardous event or situation is identified which may arise from plant In the workplace these are to be assessed to determine the risk posed by each hazard This is achieved by
a gathering information about each hazard idenli led Source of infonnalion include
(1 ) observation of the workplace system of work etc
(2) consultation wilh employees
(3) accidenVincident compensation and first aid records
(4) report (eg Hazard Reports) from employees or supervisors
(5) maintenance logs of plant
(6) manuals provided with plant
(7) articles in Occupational Health and Safety newslettersmagazines and
(8) other agencies (eg Worksafe Australia Comcare Australia manufacturer etc)
b detennining how many people are exposed 10 each hazard and for how long
c assessing the likelihood that the hazard will occur within the life of the plant The likelihood may be defined as
(1) very likely-could happen frequently
(2) likely-coutd happen occasionally
(3) unlikely-could happen but only rarely and
(4) highly unlikely~ould happen but probably never will
d assessing the consequence of a hazardous event or situation The consequence may inclUde any of the following
(1) fatality
(2) major injuries (nonnally irreversible injury or damage to health)
(3) minor injuries (normally reversible injury or damage to health requiring several days off work)
(4) negligible injuries (first aid) and
(5) damage to a sets (ie buildings other pi nt and eqUipment)
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5-3
e determining the seriousness of the risk associated with the hazardous event or situation This may be done with the assistance of the risk table which is in enclosure 2
7 Following a risk assessment the hazards identified should be priorillsed so Ihat Ihose with a high risk raling are tackled first fo llowed by hazards with a medium risk rating and then t ose with a low risk rating An example of a risk assessment worksheet is oontained in enclosure 3
Step 3-risk control
8 Where a risk to health and safety has been identified the next slep in the risk management process is to determine the appropriate strategy to effectively control the hazards Ri sks are to be controlled using the following conlrol hierarchy In many cases a combination of controls wjIJ be necessary to reduce Ihe risk to a safe level
a El iminationsubstitution The best way to eliminate the hazard is to completely remove the plant or system of work f elimination is not possible then it may be possible to SUbstitute the plant or paris of the plant for other types which present a lower level of riSk
b Isolation Isolaling the hazard allows for the physical separation of the hazard from the workplace If the hazard cannot be eliminated then the separation of the hazard from employees by use of guards on plant completely enclosing noisy plant in booths relocating noisy portions of the plant or the use of remote handling devices should be considered
c Engineering Engineering the hazard out through modifying the plani by installing cut-out switches screens andor machine guards and venti lation systems
d Administrative Safe work practices must be encouraged and used at all limes to minimise exposure to a hazard and thereby minimiSing the risk Administrative control measures include
(1) Job rotation to reduce the exposure time to hazardous work processes or conditions
(2) education and training of em ployees
(3) adequate housekeeping procedures and
(4) supervision of employees in safe work practices
e Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) This control measure is a means of covering and protecting an employees body from hazards This form of control shOUld only be used in the following situations
(1) as a temporary measure until a more effective control can be established
(2) if other controls are impracticable 0 not as effective or efficient as PPE
(3) during routine maintenance or emergency clean up procedures and
(4) to supplement other control measures
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
3A5~
Step 4-monitoring and review
9 Monitoring and review is a necessary component of the risk management process as
a it assists in determining how effective the control measures have been (ie whether or not they have had the intended effect and that no hazards have been created by the control measure itself) and
b not ali hazards may have been identified and they may show up after a control measure is implemented
10 Risk assessments must also be undertaken whenever circumstances change For example when
a information is obtained about a previously unknown design or mLlnufacturing fault or about a previously unidentified hazard
b the design is revised or modified
c there is a change to a risk control measure after a review of its effectiveness
d the system of work associated with the plant is changed
e the plant is moved
ownership of the plant changes
g there is a change to the workplace environment and
h there is any other change that makes the existing risk assessment irrelevant
Enclosures 1 Plant hazard identification work sheet 2 Risk table 3 Plant risk assessment work sheet
AL1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 1 TO APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
PLANT HAZARD IDENTIFICATION WORK SHEET (Please use a separate form for each item of plant)
UniUEstabtishmentlBranch Plant
Program Manufacturer
Sitelocation Model and Senal Number
Inspected by Date
Hazard and Source Comments
Al1
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ENCLOSURE 2 TO APPENDIX 5 TO A NNEXA TO CHAPTER 3
RISK TABLE
1 A risk table is a tool that may be used to assess the degree or risk posed by a hazardous event or situation
LIKELIHOOD
Consequence Very High Likely Unlikely Highly Unlikely
Fatality HIGH HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
MEDIUMMajor Injuries HIGH HIGH MEDIUM
Minor Injuries HIGH MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW
Negligible Injuries MEDIUM MEDIUM LOW LOW
Other asset damage
MEDIUM LOW LOW LOW
2 Events or situations assessed as very likely with fatal consequen es are til In sl serious (ie HIGH risk rat ing) those assessed as highly unlikely with negligible Injuries are the least serious (ie LOW sk rating) Control stra tegies are to ensure that those hazards with a HIGH risk rating are dealt with first
AL1
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
LJniVEslablishmentlBraneh
Sitampllocahon
Program
Plant Manufacturer Serial Numbec
Compiled by
HAZARD IDENTIFICATION (See appendix 1)
LIKELIHOOD
Very Likely Likely lInlikely Highly Unhk61y
I Date
CONSEQUENCE
Fatality Major Injuries Minor Injuries Negfigible Injurios Other Asset Damago
RISK RATING
(Sea appendix 2)
Higtl Medium Low
CONTROL ACTION
1 Initiated 2 ImplEimented 3 Reviewed
1 2 ~1
I
I 1 i
-g
~ Z -t xl
en raquo en en m en en
Z ~
-t ~ o xl
en I
-t
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
ALi
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
CONTACT OFFICERS DETAILS
APPOINTMENTshy SHIPESTABlISHMENTIUNITIBRANCH
PROGRAMshy ~TELEPHONE NUMBER POSTAUADDRESS______
REPORTING PERIOD
1I01iERS PRESSURE TOWER BUILDING IIIIJSEIIlENT TRUCKOONIEO OOlE ESSES CRANeS NHTENANCE CONCRETE CAAHESSTRUCTllRES
UHITS J PLACING UNiTS WITH BOOMS 1(
TOTAl NUMSER OF ITEMS
NEW PlNIT INTROOuCEO OUR fiG THE REPCRTING PERIOD
PANT MODIflEO DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
I
tANT DISPOSED OF OUl~NG THE REPORflNG P~RIOO
PANT OESIGlSREGISTEREO DlJRlflG REPORTiNG PERIOO
i(~l
I
-1 RESTRICTED WHEN COMPLETED
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Noles
Ikraquolers catlegonseQ as I1azard level A arordlng 10 the cnteria identified in Australian Standard (AS) 39201-Pressuri Equipment 01
(b) Pressure vessels thai IlllllEl a hazard level 01 A B C or 0 covered by AS 2030 lP gss IUfll vessels lor automotive
2971
(e) Tower eras
(n) IlUltflng maimenance units
Amusement structures CCMlred by AS 3533 wlh the IxceptiOI1 of Class 1 slruclUes
(f) Truck mounted concrete placing unns with booms
ie) Mobm craoos wilh II sate working klatI greater Inar 10 tonnes raquo (h) Provide detals of the syslltlm of registration (i) Reference 10 cranes and hosls extruding those thai are naJ)Jally powered elevaling pialfo-ms or low truCks
a iO ltgt IIgt
Wc 0 g =gt 9 r ~ ~ ~ s c l
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
PLANT
in
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
AS
Cross Reference
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
is to NI
B
at the or in the
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-2
f education at aU levels regard ing the effect of noise on hearing and the procedures to be followed to prevent NI
g the provisio of personal Hearing Protect on Devices (HPD) to all lIIlJloyees working in HPA as well as operational tacticaJ and field areas and
h the identification of employees wi th NI by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audjograms performed during the period of employment
8 Guidance on impulse noise is contained in appendix 1
RESPONSIBILITIES
9 Head Defence Personnel Executive (HOPE) HDPE is responsible for the formulaiion of Defence Organisation policy regarding all aspects of noise management
10 Program Managers Program Managers are to plan and implement a NMP incorporating the specific pollcie oUliined in this annex Any expenses incurred in Implementing this chapter will be the responsibility of Program Management (DI(G) ADMIN 39-1-Program Management and Budgeting- Program Structure and OI (G) ADMIN 39- 2- Program Management and Budgeting-Operating Framework refer)
11 CommandersManagers The prevention of occupational hearing loss due to exposure to nOise hazards is the responsibility of all commandersmanagers in accordance with the OHS Act
12 Employees Employees while at work are to take all reasonable practicable steps
a not to create a risk or increase an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
b to cooperate wi th all persons who have obligations under the OHS Act to the extent necessary te enable them to fulfil those obligations and
c to use equipment in accordance with any instruction Issued by either management or the workplace supervisor consistent with its safe and proper use
NOISE MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES
13 The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure in conjunction with other ractors can be used to develop noise management practices
Engineering controls
14 Program Managers are to ensure that noise is controlled by engineering design methods such as elimination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equIpment and wonlt proce ss
15 For continuous noise the occupational exposure Umit is a maximum of 85 dBA) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB linear (lin) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
16 Where practicable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken 10 limit the noise levels to which personnel may be exposed Engineering controls should also be appl ied to ex isting equipment and processes which creale noise beyond the reca mended limits contained in th is chapter
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Amber Zone~
of
Black time
or 115
A f4nwnninotinn
Extreme Zone
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
b
a
to
Termination of Service All emDlovet~s the
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and SafelY Manual
38-6
34 Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in appendix 7
Compensation
35 Audiometric surveillance may identify hearing loss or other impairments which may be attributed to the working environment Program Managers are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entiUement to compensation The audiometric report will form part of the medical documentation in relation to compensation claims
Education
36 Education on NI i an important strategy for hearing conservation Program Managers are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dBA) or 140 dB(lin) Instruction on the effects of noise NI and prevention strategies prior 10 such exposure
37 Program Managers are to ensure that employees responsible for designing or purchasing equipment processes and facilities are aware of and receive this chapter on NI and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational areas
38 Units In operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms WOrkshops and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation
39 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is 10 be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1922 Program Managers are to issue administrative details and report ing procedures for Form PM 139 and Civilian audiometric reports
Appendixes 1 Impulse Noise 2 Waming Sign-Amber Zone 3 Warning Sign-Red Zone 4 Warning Sign-Black Zone 5 Waming Sign- Extreme Noise Zone 6 Form PM 139-Hearing Conservation Report 7 Method for Audiometric Examination (for Australian Defence Force Personnel) 8 The 3 Decibel Rule
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
b
Defence OccUiJational Manual
1 TO ANNEiXBTO CHAPTER J
NOISE
1 This nn~lnt contains noise The Utllnwmn gtrrnrtTIIlt are to to firearm
a As a component of all ilitiei shall be demonstrated to all nArnnrllgt1
shall receive rr1lgtrtnr causes of nltgtltgt consequences
nor shall include refresher on
c static range shall wear earmuffs Personnel wear rurnnri~Ihl reted ear lhose who cannot wear ear
d All lcltnnn tgtm lt within a rad~us of 25 metres of a mound shall wear in progess
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
3TO ANNEX TO CHAPTER 3
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safely Manual
APPENDIX 5 TO ANNEX B TO CHAPTER 3
WARNING SIGN-EXTREME NOISE ZONE
( HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS ~
MUST BE WORN
EXTREME ZONE APPLY TIME-LIMIT ON EXPOSURE
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
ANNEXBTO
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
APPENDIX 7 TO ANNEX 8 TO CHAPTER 3
METHOD FOR A UDIOMETRIC EXAMINATION (FOR AUSTRALIAN DEFENCE FORCE PERSONNEL)
1 Wherever possible audiograms are to be performed in automatic mode Where an audiometer does not have an automatic function the audiogram is to be performed manually Manual testing is to follow the method detailed in AS 1269-1989 and in addition 8000 Hz is to be tested Automatic testing is to be performed on all frequencies 500 Hz to 8000 Hz The testing proced ure is as (ollows
a Inform the employees being tested that they are going to hear a series of sounds through the earphones and instruct them to listen carefully and signal by pressing and releasing the response button each time they hear one of these sounds no matter how faInt it is
b The earphones are placed firmly over the ears with the red phone over the right ear and blue phone over the left The earphones should be level with the entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
c Where one ear is known to be significantly beller than Ihe other the test is commenced with the better ear If there is no significant difference between the ears begin wilh the right ear
d The audiometer will perform the test automatica lly and the manufacturers instructions must be fo llowed All frequencies from 500 to 8000 Hz are to be tested and recorded on the members Form PM 139--Hearing Conservation Report or equivalent civilian form
2 The respective Programs are to ensure that personnel conducting procedures are trained in audiometric testing Each employee attending for an audiometric assessment is to take their HPD fo r examination by appropriately trained health personnel during that attendance
3 The respective Director-Generals of Health Services are to ensure that when employees are found to have a Significant threshold shift compared to their most recent reference audiogram standard review procedures and actions are undertaken as defined by Program Managers Recommended procedures are as follows
B Ensure that no transient condition exists that could account for the hearing loss such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condition exists defer action and retest as soon as possible after remission of the symptoms
b If no condition exists repeat the audiogram within 24 hours or as soon as possible thereafter after 16 hours in quiet conditions Average the results from the two alJdiograms If the average loss from the re ference audiogram is 15 dB or less in all frequencies 500-8000 Hz take no further action
c Should there be at any frequency 500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or greater from lhe reference audiogram
(1) advise the employee of the test results
(2) check the employees nOise exposure history since the last aUdiogram was performed
(3) check the suitability and condition of the employees hearing eqUipment the technique of fi tting and frequency of use and
protection
(4) take appropriate corrective action eg reissue of PPE relocation 10 a quiet work area
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence UCCUI)aIO1al Manual
387-2
d Should any of the medical referral detailed in gtIgt1h 4 be met
(1 ) ADF are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civHian errml()lIles are to be referred 10 an for review and advice
e Relest the Flr1r in six months
4 Tile referral crlleria are
a a innjfi~t threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any ltiLl 500-8000 Hz
b loss difference between both ears is 15 dB or more at any
c mrn from an ear occlusion of the ear canal wax or if Ihere is a or
d other reason that tre tester considers - for medical olticelJalidi()~JjSI
5 The results of the aUljlolJraim will be included on the medical form and termination be annotated on Form PM 139 or an
civilian document
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence OCl~lIpationaf Health and Manual
APPENDIX 8 TO ANNEXBTO CHAPTER 3
3 U RULE
1 The 3 dB rule a for the length of time to slate noise hazards a normal recovery below 75 dB essence for every 3 increase in the sound level the ~ime is halved This means Ihat a 3 increase is a of the sound The below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL (dB(A)) of
85 8 hours
a8 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEXC TO CHAPTER 3
ELECTRONIC AND ELECTRICAL HAZARDS
SYNOPSIS This annex contains the safety measures applicable to electronic and electrical hazards The electrical of and is inherent in its
rtwIrlv
manufacture installation and maintenance and where these carried out there is little risk to or employees
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 39 Electronic and Electrical Hazards
2 Other
3 Cross Reference
4 annex A-Ionising Radiation Hazards
Chapter 4 annex Radiation
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
AS
Defence UCCU)8110nal Health and Manual
WELDING
SYNOPSIS
REFERENCES
1 Defence
W 411ir nnrrn~ tin
2 Other
AS 1338 Parts 1-3-Filters for eye ProctlJsstils Part 1-Flre Precautions
AS 1558-Protective Jirn for weldars
AS 3853-Fuma from welt1IrlO and allied processes
AS t-trzt1$lmlf1lnn screens and curtains for w trtU1in OjrJfJfammS
JuJIflnD Gas reticulation v~rm
Worksafe Australte GUijdEl-WE~ldlna Fumes and Gases
3 Cross Reference
1 annex 1S--KeQIJlaUor and Cones of Practice
5 annex A~Hazardous Substances
7 annex K-Personal Protective Equipment
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
ANNEX E TO CHAPTER 3
FIRE SAFETY
SYNOPSIS This annex directs Defence Programs to implement the administrative procedures outlined in MFPE-Manual of Fire Protection Engineering which is the primary source of policy on emergency procedures within the Defence Organisation
REFERENCES
1 Defence
MOHS-A chapter 43-Fire Prevention
DCM No 7992-Fire Safety
MFPE chapter 2-Fire and Emergency Training
2 Other
AS 1266-Fire Control Plans for Ships
AS 16031-Fire Detection Automatic
AS 18411-Fire Extinguishers Portable
AS 3504-Fire Blankets
AS 4067-Firefighters Helmets-Specification
AS 4067-Fire Prevention
AS 1851-Fire Protection Equipment Maintenance of
AS 2375- Guide to Selection Care and Use of CI(Jlhing for Protection Against Heat and Fire
3 Cross Reference
Chapter 7 annex J-Emergency Procedures
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence Occupational Health and Safety Manual
38-3
Administrative controls
17 Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Program Managers are to ensure that administrative COl troiS are to be applied to reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls include the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties 10 work areas
Personal protective equipment
18 Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls have fai led or where It is not practicable (e9 some weapon systems) to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from Australian Standard (AS) 1269 or the National Acoustic Laboratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of Hearing Protectors
19 The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
a guidelines and Instruction on equipment selection LIse and maintenance
b education of employees (edLlcation is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a HPA or the Introduction of new types of PPE) and
c regular audiometric examinations (refer to paragraph 32)
20 HPD can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electroni circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the wearer
21 Personnel are to wear appropriate personal HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is issued with a HPD has a personal responsibility for ensuring that the HPD fits properly is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wilfuOy fail to wear issued HPO may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative action being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impairment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPO may be provided
22 Commandersmanagers are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fu lly serviceable HPD
Noise assessments
23 Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not (ess than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 d8(A) Also noise assessments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
24 Program Managers are to ensure that noise assessment of Defence establishments and facilities are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 d8(l1n) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
a identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
b obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
c evaluate the effectiveness of nOise control measures and
d provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence OCCIJI)aliIOnal Health and Manual
11414tAF TO CHAPTER 3
THERMAL CONDITIONS
SYNOPSIS factors determine whether thermal extremes will Ur~V and health at work This annex rt~ 1gt11
environmental conaitions should be a safe so that eli fnrl Of thermal stress adverse environmental mnn can be eliminated or minimised
REFERENCES
1 Defence
DI(G) PERS 16-9-Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
OHSMAN 1 ~hnlr Thermal Conditions
DCMNo wOrlmla In Hot Conditions 17 1995
If-lIl--AJrcflnrJJt(1ntlrl and Thermal Comforl in Australian Public Service VllrCIgt
2 Other
and Thermal Comfort in Australian Public Service Offices--An information and 1994
3 Cross Reference
8 annex A~Prevention of Heat Related Illness and
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
112
113
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
CHAPTER 1 FOI 1301314 Serial 2
NOISE MANAGEMENT IN DEFENCE
Section 1 - Overview
Policy Defence has a duty of care under the Occupstlonal Health and Safety Act statement 1991 (OHS Act) and Occupational Health and Safety Standards (Safety
Standards) Regulatlons 1994 - Part 3 - Occupationa Noise (Safety Standards 111 Regulations) to ensure employees (ADF and APS) contractors and other affected persons are not subjected to noIse in excess of the mandated exposure standard See section 10 for references
Additionally Defenco (as an employer) must take all reasonably pra(ficabe steps to ftnsure that employees contractors and other affected persons do not suffer Nose Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) as a result of Defence worle or actiVities
Background Employees may be exposed in their work to noise emanating from a wide variety of sources such as aircraft engines modem weapons vehicles workshop machinery and portable power tools Under the OHS Act Groups and Services have a duty of care to prevent NIHL
Noise may be annoying and interfere with concentration and if loud enough it may cause hearing loss in an exposed person Frequent exposure to even moderately high-levels of noise without suitable protective measures may cause permanent hearing loss In addition excessive noise can cause temporary loss of hearing interfere with speech and disrupt concentration sleep and relaxation
Occupational NIHL is a major health risk for employees in the workplace The condition is irreversible and can lead to degradation of an employees quality of life due to communication difficulties Exposure to excessive noise can also result in costs to Defence including
bull increased employee absenteeism and turnover
bull lowered performance and increased accidents and
bull increased health care and compensation
Introduction Hearing Protection Areas (HPA) cannot always be identified in operational tactical or field situations Individual items of plant or equipment may be designated as HPA for the protection of the operatoruser (eg artillery weapons vehicles small arms etc) For the remaining situations Groups and Services are to develop risk assessment techniques to quantify the degree of risk associated with managing these noise hazards
For the purposes of the Safety Standards Regulations the exposure standard for noise in the occupational environment IS an eight hour equivalent continuous Ashyweighted sound pressure level LAaq Bh of 85 dB(A) For peak noise the exposure standard is a C-weighted peak sound pressure level Lcpeale of 140 dBC) The exposure to noise s measured at the employees ear position without taking into account any hearing protection Repeated exposure to noise between 75 and 85 dB(A) over long periods may be a small risk to some people The risk becomes greater with progressively increa sing levels Therefore workplace noise levels lower than the National Standard for Occupational Noise [NOHSC 1007(2000)] are desirable section 10 references refers
Continued on next page
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
mAinArlA he risks to
means
the
I1RIIIrlrlll and the
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
118
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter I
Policy providing personal Hearing Protection Devic s (HPD) to all employees principles working in HPA as well as operational tacUcal and field areas and
117 (continued) identifying employees with IHL by comparing reference audiograms with monitoring audlograms performed during the period of employment
Noise management principles and guidance on impulse noise is contained In sections 3 and 4
Contents This chapter contains the following sections
Section Content
1 Overview
2 Specific responsibilities
3 Noise management principles
4 Impulse noise
5 Warning signs
6 The use of foam earplugs
7 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
8 Method for audiometric examination (for Australian Defence Force members)
9 The three decibel rule
10 Reference material
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
The fnllnwinn
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
124
125
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pat 4 chapter 1
Individual The following table describes the responsibilities for Defence individuals responsibilities
Individual Responsibilities Service Chiefs Service Chiefs and Group Heads are to plan and establ ish a NMP incorporating the and Group requirements of this policy to ensure compliance with legislative requirements Heads
When conducti ng annual OHS audits activities in relation to noise management should be considered and the audit reports forwarded to Director General OHS by 30 March each year
Commanders Commanders and Executives are responsible for ensuring and Executives
bull employees are aware of this policy and their obligations under it
bull employees are not subjected to noi e in excess of the mandated exposurestandard and
bull risk management processes are implemented to eliminate (or if it is not reasonably practicable minimise) the risks to ensure employees do not suffer Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL)
When conducting annual OHS intemal audits the responsible Commanders and Executives are to ensure noise manaQement related activities are included
Managers and Managers and Supervisors are responsible for ensuring the requIrements provided In Supervisors the sections of this pol icy are implemented and maintained
Managers and Supervisors are required to conduct workplace inspections periodically to identify OHS hazards assess the associated risks and apply aDDr~iate risk control measures in relation to noise management
Employees Employees are responsible for
bull nol creating a risk or increasing an existing risk to their health and safety or to other persons at or near the workplace
bull complying with workplace instructions and requirements related to the prevention of NIHL and
bull complying with workplace safety instructions in relation to noise management and usllg the safety equipment provided
Training and skilling
Groups and Services are responsible for ensuring all personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise in excess of the mandated exposure standard are provided with information on the effects of NIHL and appropriate prevention strategies
The Defence OHS website provides information on the Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) references)
course and the Noise awareness program (see section 10
Defences mandatory OHS awareness training requirements development training can be located in section 10 references
and OHS skills
Financial In accordance with The Defence occupational health and safety policy framework implications (see section 10 references) Groups and Services are responsible for the finanCial
costs and expenditure in relation to the implementation of this policy 126
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
131
132
133
134
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 pan 4 chapter 1
Section 3 - Noise management principles
Noise exposure The noise exposure of a person is determined by the level and duration of noise they are exposed to per working day This noise exposure In conjunction with other factors can be used to develop noise management practices
Eng ineering controls
Groups and Services are to ensure thai noise is controled by engineering ltlesign methods such as el imination enclosure and isolation These methods are to be applied in the planning and design and prior to the procurement stages of new buildings equipment and work processes
For continuous nOise the occupational exposure limit is a maximum of 85 dB(A) as averaged over an eight hour working day For impulse noise the occupatonal exposure limit is a maximum of 140 dB(C) Peak Sound Pressure Level (SPL) at any time
Where pract icable appropriate engineering measures are to be taken to limit the nOise levels to whic personnel may be exposed Engineering controls shou ld also be applied to existing eqUipment and processes which create noise beyond the recommended limits contained in this policy
Administrative controls
Where the application of engineering controls is not reasonably practicable Groups and Services are to ensure that administrative controls are to be applied 10 reduce the noise exposure of personnel and third parties so that noise exposure limits are not exceeded Administrative controls tnclude the scheduling of work job rotation observance of quiet work practices and limiting the entry of personnel and third parties to work areas
Personal Personal hearing protection is required when engineering and administrative controls Protective have failed or where it is not practicable (eg some weapon systems) to reduce Equipment noise exposure to recommended levels Guidance in selecting and fitting of Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) can be obtained from AS 12692005 - Occupational Noise Management or the National Acoustic L boratories (NAL) publication Attenuation of hearing protectors
The use of PPE must be supported by a comprehensive program which includes
bull guidelines and instruction on equipment selection use and maintenance
bull education of employees (education is to be provided prior to employees commencing work in a Hearing Protection Area (HPA) or the introduction of new types of PPE) and
bull regular audiometric examinations
Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) can be passive or active Passive HPD (eg normal earmuffs or earplugs) are to have Standards Australia approval Active HPD are devices in the form of earmuffs which include electronic circuitry to reduce the noise at the ear of the Wllcll er
Personnel are to wear appropriate persona HPD while working in or visiting a HPA Each employee who is Issued with a HPD has a personal responsib lity for ensuring that the HPD fi ts properly Is clean and is fully serviceable The wearing of HPD in HPA is mandatory Employees who wil fully fail 10 wear issued HPD may be liable to disciplinary or appropriate administrative aclion being taken against them If employees have any medical or other impa irment that would interfere with their use of a particular type of HPD they are to advise their supervisor so that alternative HPD may be provided
Commanders and Executives are to ensure thai visitors are provided with clean and fully serviceable HPD
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
135
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS 4anual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Noise assessments
Noise assessments involve the measurement and analysis of noise sources Groups and Services are to ensure that noise assessments are performed at regular intervals but not I 55 than once every five years at all Defence establishments where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) Also noise asses ments are to be conducted when changes are made to equipment or processes within the working area
Groups and Se ices are to ensure that noise assessments of Defence establishments and facili ties are conducted where noise levels are expected to exceed 85 dB(A) for continuous noise or 140 dB(C) for impulse noise The objectives of noise assessments are to
bull identify areas where personnel and third parties are likely to be exposed to noise levels above the specified limits
bull obtain information on the characteristics of the noise to determine appropriate control measures
bull evaluate the effectiveness of noise control measures and
bull provide information for the selection of appropriate hearing protection measures
Occupational noise assessments are to be conducted by qualified Defence personnel such as Environmental Health Officers or Australian Defence Force Academy (ADFA) Noise course graduates or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Hearing protection areas
136
Where engineering controls cannot reasonably reduce occupational noise exposure to elow the prescribed limit of 85 dB(A) and 140 dB(C the area is to be classified as a HPA To ensure that appropriate HPD are p~escribed four discreet noise zones have been deSignated for use within the Defence The octave band method Is to be used for assessing HPD used in Red Black and Extreme noise zones The noise zones are
bull Amber Zone An Amber Zone is designated where
continuous noise is at or above 85 dB(A) but below 100 dB(A) for a total of 15 minutes or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 140 dB(C) but below 150 dB(C) at any tiole
A choice of suitably rated earmuffs or earplugs is to be worn in an Amber Zone The correct class of HPD is to be selected by referring to the table in appendix A of ASNZS 12693 2005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program depending on the level of noise encountered
bull Red Zone A Red Zone is deSignated where
con tinuous noise is at or above 100 dB(A) but below 11 5dB(A) for a total of 30 seconds or more in a normal working day or
impulse noise is at or above 150 dB(C) but below 160 dB(C) It any ti me
Suitably rated earmuffs are to be worn in a Red Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Black Zone A Black Zone is designated where at any ti me
continuous noise is at or above either 115 dB(A) or 115 dB(C) but below both 120 dB(A) and 120 dB(C) or
im pulse noise is at or above 160 dB(C) but below 166 dB(C)
ConllmJ8o orl next page
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
137
138
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Derence WHS Manual lIoIume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Hearing protection areas
136 (continued)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs is to be worn n a 81ack Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band mpthod Ie select the most appropriate HPD refer to appendix A of ASNZS 126932005
bull Extreme Zone An Extreme Zone is desig ated where at any time
continuous noise is al or above either 120 d8(A) or 120 d8(e) or
impulse noise is at or above 166 d8(C)
A combination of suitably rated earmuffs and earplugs Is to be wom in an Extreme Zone For guidance on how to use the octave band method to select the most appropria te HPD refer to Appendix A of ASNZS 126932005 In addition limitations on employee exposure-time as defined by qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants fe to be pplied
The maximum SPI produced in the work area is to be used as the reference when determining noise zones Advice on selection of suitable HPD shoUld be obtained from qualified Defence personnel (see 135) or appropriately qualified civilian consultants
Warning signs Groups and Services are to ensure that warning signs are posted and maintained at the entrance of HPA informing personnel and third parties entering these areas that hearing prolection i required
The sign is to denote the colour code of the area and the type of hearing protection device(s) required AI signs are to be in English and supplemented with signs in any other language which is used as a primary language by personnel who normally work in the area
The design of HPA signs are detailed in section 5 ConSideration should be given to the material from vhich the HPA signs are constructed Outdoor HPA signs should be robust weather proof fade proof and produced on a suitable backing material such as aluminium or plastic Indoof signs do not normally require an aluminium back ng and where appropriate should be manufactured from less expensive cardboard or paper material HPA signs should be of a size appropriate to their location and must be clearly visible from a distance of 25 metres For additional information on the lise of Safety Signs see section 10 references
Audiometric examinations
Groups and Services are to ensure that the hearing of employees who work in areas where the steady state noise levels are above 85 d8(A) or where impulse noise is above 140 d8(C) is monitored by regular audiometric examinations The results of audiograms are to be analysed to determine the effectiveness of the Noise Management Program (NMP) Types of audiograms are as follows
bull Reference audiogram This is either the original audiogram performed on ADF members either at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment or the initial audiogram performed on civilians conducted eith r prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment The reference audiogram will be updated on direction by a medical officeraudiologist should there be a significant and permanent threshold shift in hearing detected on the monitOring audiogram The monitoring audiogram will then become the reference audiogram and
bull Monitoring audiogram This is the term given to all other survey audiograms performed on employees during their employment A monitoring audiogram is usually valid for a period of 12 months
Where the steady state noise levels exceed 85 dB(A) or where impulse noise exceeds 140 d8(C) Groups and Services a e to ensure that as a minimum audiometric examinations are performed as follows
ConUnued on neltt PltI9Iil
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
139
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Audiometric eXaminations
138 (conlhued)
bull On commencement of Service ADF members are to have an audiometric examination performed at the recruiting medical examination or shortly after enlistment or appointment Civilian employees are to have an examination prior to or within 90 days of commencement of employment but this testing is only necessary when it is known that the employee Is to work in a noise hazardous jobwork area
bull Annually All employees working in an Amber Red or Black HPA are to have an audiometric exam ination annually
bull Six-monthly Employees working in an Extreme Noise HPA are to have an audiometric examination at least once every six months
bull Requests Audiometric examinations should be provided 0 any employee who requests such an examination or to any employee who (during the course of their employment) has been deemed to be exposed to occupational noise and
bull On termination of Service All employees are to have an audiometric examination performed during the last three months before their termination of employment
Procedures for the conduct of audiometric examinations are in section 8
Compensation Audiometric iurveillance may identify hearing loss or uUler im~airments which may be attributed to the working environment Groups and Services are to ensure that affected employees are informed of their entitlement to compensation The audiometric report wil l form part of the medical documentation in relatJon to compensation claims
Education
1310
Education on Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) is an important strategy for hearing conservation Groups and Services are to provide to personnel who are likely to be exposed to noise levels above 85 dB(A) or 140 dB(C) instruction on the effects of noise NIHL and prevention strategies prior to such exposure
Groups and Services are to ensure that employees responsible for design ing or purchasing equipment processes and facili ties are informed 0 this policy and methods for controlling noise at the source Such instruction is to be provided prior to or as soon as possible after being posted to a position with such responsibility
Operational Units in operational areas are to establish a NMP Areas declared as provisional areas HPA should be surveyed within one month Tarmac areas engine rooms workshops
1311 and research facilities are to be regarded as provisional HPA until they have been surveyed
Documentation Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (see section 7) or equivalent for civilian employees is part of an individuals occupational health record and is to be managed as such in accordance with section 16 of the OHS Act the Privacy Act 1988 and the Public Service Act 1999 Groups and services are to issue administrative details and reporting procedures for Form PM 139 and civilian audiometric reports
1312
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
141
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manlal volume 2 part chapter 1
Section 4 -Impulse noise
Arrangements for firearm trainirlg
This section contains guidance on impulse noise The following arrangements are to apply to firearm training
bull as a component of all initial training courses the correct use of Hearing Protection Devices (HPD) shall be demonstrated to all personnel req ired to participate In firearm training Such personnel shall receive proper instruction regarding the workings of HPD causes of hearing damage and the associated consequences
bull before eact) firearm practice the Range Supervisor shall include refresher training on the correct wearing of HPD
bull personnel part icipating in static range practices shall wear earmuffs Personnel participating in field fi ring practices are to wear HPD appropriately rated to the levels of noise generated by the nature of the firearm training The Range Supervisor is responsible for ensuring there are sufficient approprialffiy rated HPD available for all participants and
bull all personnel employed within a radius of 25 metres of a firing mound shall wear earmuffs when firing is in progress
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
151
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual ~olume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 5 - Warning signs
Noise zone Diagrams of noise zone warning signs are provided below warning signs
HEARIN G ~ P~CTION~~I
MUST BE W O R N
( A MBER ZONE)
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
EAR MUFfS A ND EAR PLUGS
M UST BE W ORN
C__B_L_ A_ C_K_Z_O_N_ E_ J
r~- HEARINGshyPROTECTION AREA
E AH MUFFS ]
M UST BE WOAN
HEARING PROTECTION AREA
l EAR MUFFS AND EAR PLUGS
MUST BE WORN - - ---- -
~~T~~~~-ZN ~21l~~~_ J ___ __ _ J
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
161
162
163
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 6 - The use of foam earplugs
Use of foam When using foam earplugs to provide the level of noise protection specified by earplugs the manufacturer foam earplugs must be inserted correctly Failing to insert
the earplugs deep enough or nol creating an adequate seal may result in the earplugs providing a levei of attenuation below Ihe specified Noise Reduction Raling
Training for correct insertion of foam earplugs
Where personal hearing protection (or PPE) is required to reduce noise exposure to recommended levels (where engineenng and administrative control have failed or are not practicable) the use of PPE must be supported by adequate training
Formal training such as small -group trami 9 provided by a recognised slJbject matter expert or Instructional OVD are recommended However where this Is impractical earmuffs should be used
Note Groups and Services are responsible for arrang n9 and funding training
Recommendations To miligate the potential increased risks to health and safety managers and supervisors are to ensure that all personnel who use foam earplugs
bull are provided with the manufacturers written instructions
bull are provided with fonnal training to ensure correct fitting and
bull use double hearing protection (earplugs with over-the-head earmuffs) if possible or where required 10 reduce noise exposure to recommended levels
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
164
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Instructions for The fo llowing instructions for correctly inserting foam earplugs are provided by Inserting foam the Instrtule of Aviation Medicine earplugs
FOR r shy
3
4 Hold II f fully_ncis
3
4 Hold
ERTIoiC FO_ [ EARPL G RoD tL ear plllr hlro a DiU
IiudeT
Rollin- the iQ~ lZll~ 0 lhu ~-lUIdradnct u ~ lllcmla II tltgt 5t ismgt bull ~md ~llld e1--y It ~~~ the f~ illo lnI tid ur pl to be nuud utly Uto the en ~l IT p1u- shDuld be lu1t
I Cl~ C2u I0WlO middot - -=-ru the UI pluamp- mel llta iDo tia u
Jba ur ~l~ WI ~Irl l r it = ~ -gt~d~ Gily ner _ ur p~ deeply ~o the an = The ClIZIII _ be ~1aihtGledby ciwllruowui b - of the ~d h tho ret JuDd hcLdie m u md ~~ II ~ poundgtd Ind f au to ~ We c2IUl au) ~mt tIl aT
p =DOI be~ Q1HtId duply mDUh =0 W 11=
wen the ~ pin DUO WI or CluraquoL
ED plup lIut be dHply IJl4fted JlIomiddot ur TO pr010W etICi- pro ml from DO~t _ middotohe enGIY i I~ by tIa propoJtum of We f~ eM p l du ~l1m W ur ~ fon n~ izparux- a WNrm to of tht fo ur pl~ lDotlu u~u~cn=l
Hold lth e e r p lUC unril ir ~Ioud
T1 bull ill ~ the 1 p~ ~o eocpmd mod od w pbC2 deep dun the ear cuul IW ould rab 10D(ar ~O HCOD b If pu n talC beld in llJ~e t Etpmd the ~cllOl1 cm U~ pu~ to ~ urudad - D1 dw ur =tUl - lduc-u~ the omaunr oI~ t1 em ut1UlD (bee~ I ~ i=m ll n m cuW) or ~ Ua GY
p~ 0 bKnDl ltfup ~
A~IED Rcpor 1h 009
Continuod 0 next Pa(O
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapleT 1
Instructions for insert ing foam earplugs
164 (conUnued)
-IteJ inselrin eill plugs tbe user mnst c eck har rbey 11 n been inerted co ectly
) VISUA CH CK
6 ACOUSTIC CHECK
rar ICore inf IDlIIOOn p e ~e COll ct
o ~Sati1h
s~ A UUGl 1edc1l Onr bull Aml) amm of AlUlQDgtlllmiddot
Im3ger U~ lIh p~UOD Sperum PrOlecno Augttrlllia
bull VfpoundD tepa bull0 _009
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
171
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Section 1 - Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report
Fonn PM 139 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report is also available on the Defence Web Forms System
MtDI AL-J - ONFIDE C (AIIflnr fllt) n or Ot( co
Hearing Conservation Report --------------------~
bull Use only bl ck pen ndlor stllmps
1 Toe(l __
- T 1at eI -
l
_~__ L-~~ ishy
~IIIENT ___iIamplsect d_~
AnI_ rWwnot ~ - I I~ad~
~~ ]-middot 10middot ~ shy- N--_ amp~ MEDICAL-IN-CONFlDpoundNCE fAft- flrort ntTy)
Continued on ne)( page
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Defence WPS Manual volume 2 part 4 chapter 1
Form PM 139
171 (continued)
~clV1lmcnt of lin
Hearing Conservation Report Instruction for campi tlon
5 AmeoQlITir
bull
M or _ menc hOlatIIg _
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
181
and
no matter how
are trained
DfenceWHS volume 2 JJM 4 chapter 1
11 in automatic mode Where an the is to be inrm
Australian Standards to follow the method detailed Ooru~)atJOni91 noise m6mafJelnent
8000 Hz is to tested Automatic 8000 Hz The
lested that are to helllr a series of sounds instruct them to listen and by
the response button each time one of these it is
the over the ears with the red over the ear over the left The should be level with entrance to the ear canal and the headset should be secure
where one ear is known to commenced with the better ear
be -nifirn better than the other the test is difference between the
ears with the ear and
the audiometer win
the mmr(
and the 500 to BODO Hz are
the manufacturers Instructions must be followed All to be tested and recorded on conservation
c~vman form
and Services in audiometric
health that attendance
Directors Genera of Health Services are to ensure that when found to have a threshold shift to their most
recent reference standard review and actions are undertaken as defined by and Service managers Recommended are as follows
ensure that no transient condition exists that eQuid account for Ihe h gtrirI
such as a cold earache or recent noise exposure If such a condltion defer action and retest as soon as after remission of the
it no condition exists the within 24 hours or as soon as hours in conditions the results from
If the average loss from the reference is 15 dB or
after
500-8000 take no further
500-8000 Hz a threshold shift of 15 dB or
advise the rrIrHfV of the test results
check the noise exposure since the last was
are
audiometric assessment is to take their HPD for examination
errIOIJVEeS are
take IrniFlrt corrective 199 reissue of PPE relocation to a work area
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
IF
Defence WHS Manllal volume 2 pan 4 chapler 1
161 (conlinood)
should 8ny of the medical referral criteria be met
ADF 111 are to be referred to a medical officer for review and advice or
civilian emIOI(lVEes are to be referred to an audiologlist for review and advice
retest the Tlnt in six months
The referral criteria are
a ~itnjfirIt threshold shift of 15 dB or more at any 500-8000
is 15 dB or more at any
wax or if there is a or
thaI the tester considers for medictill officerl review
The results of the will be included on the medical form and termination aU(110(Jrams are to be annotated on Form PM 139 or an civilian document
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
191
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Otfence WHS Manual volume 2 part ltI chapter 1
Section 9 - The three decibel rule
Three decibel rule
The 3 dB rule provides a guide for the length of time personnel may be exposed to steady state noise ha7arri (assuming a normal recovery period below 75 dB each day) In essence for every 3 dB(A) increase in the sound level the exposure time is halved This means thal a 3 dB(A) increase is a doubling of the sound Intensity The table below illustrates the 3 dB rule
SPL dB(A) Length of Exposure
85 8 hours
88 4 hours
91 2 hours
94 1 hour
97 30 minutes
100 15 minutes
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
1101
UNCONTROLLED IF PRINTED
Oefence WHS Manual volume 2 part 4 c~apter 1
Section 10 - Reference material
References 1 Occupational Health and Safety Act 1991
2 Occupational Health and Safety (Safety Standards) Regulations 1994
3 National Standard for Occupational NOise [NOHSC 1007 (2000)]
4 Occupational Health and Safety Code of Practice 2008
5 AS 13191994 - Safety signs for the ocoupational environment
6 AS IEC 61672 1 2004 - Electroacoustics - Sound level meters - Specifications
7 ASNZS 126902005 - Occupational noise management - Overview and general requirements
8 ASJNZS 12691 2005 - Occupational noise management - Measurement and assessment of noise mmission and exposure
9 ASNZS 126922005 - Occupational noise management - Noise control management
10 ASNZS 126932005 - Occupational noise management - Hearing protector program
11 ASNZS 126942005 - Occupational noise management - Auditory assessment
12 Safety signs
13 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 10 - Assurance of Defence occupational health and safety
14 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 7 - Risk management in Defence occupational health and safety
15 AC 563 - OHS incident reporting
16 Defence occupational noise officer (DONO) course
17 Noise awareness program
18 OHS awareness training (Defence online Campus)
19 OHS skills development training
20 SAFETYMAN volume 1 part 1 chapter 1 - Defence occupational health and safety policy framework
21 Form PM 139 - Hearing conservation report (Defence Web Forms System)
Related National Code of Practice for NOise Management and Protection of Hearing at Work material [NOHSC 2009 (2004))
1102 Control Guide Management of Noise at Work (NOHSC 2004 (1991 )]
AS 125911990 - Acoustics - Sound level meters - Non-integrating
ConlinueltlOl) nAJtI flags
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-
Defence WHS Manual volume 2 Irt 4 chapter 1
Related material
1102 (ool1linuen)
- Part 1
- Part 2
- Part 3
- Part 4
- PArt 5
-